blob: b8c44b98f12d4c42d4f88a73049da962be2678b2 [file] [log] [blame]
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -070013 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070014 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080029/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070042#include <linux/types.h>
43
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -070044#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080046#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -080051#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080052#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070054/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78 */
79
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117/**
118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175/**
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700176 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
177 *
178 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
179 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
180 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
181 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
182 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
183 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
184 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
185 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
186 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
187 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
188 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
189 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
190 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
191 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
192 *
193 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
194 * below additional parameters to userspace.
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
197 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
198 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
199 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
200 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
201 *
202 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
203 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
204 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
205 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
206 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
207 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
208 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
209 */
210
211/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700212 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
213 *
214 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
215 *
216 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
217 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
218 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
219 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
220 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
221 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
222 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
224 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
225 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
226 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
227 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
228 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
229 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
230 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
231 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
232 *
233 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800234 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
235 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700236 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
238 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
239 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
240 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
241 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
242 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
243 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
244 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
246 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
247 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
248 *
249 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
250 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
251 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
252 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
254 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
255 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
257 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
258 *
259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
260 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
261 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
262 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
263 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
264 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
265 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
266 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
267 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
268 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
269 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
270 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
271 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
272 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
273 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
274 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
277 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
278 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
279 *
280 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
281 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
282 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
283 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
284 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
285 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
286 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
287 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800288 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
289 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
290 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
291 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
292 * frame).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700293 *
294 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
295 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
298 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
300 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
301 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
302 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
303 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
304 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
305 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
306 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
307 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
308 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
310 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
311 *
312 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800313 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
314 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
315 * global regdomain will be returned.
316 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
317 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
318 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
319 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
320 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
321 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
322 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
323 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
324 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700325 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
326 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
327 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
328 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
329 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
330 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
331 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
332 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
334 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
335 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
336 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
337 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
338 *
339 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
340 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
341 *
342 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
343 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
344 *
345 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
346 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
347 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
348 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
349 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
350 * added to all specified management frames generated by
351 * kernel/firmware/driver.
352 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
353 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
354 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
355 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
356 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
357 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
358 *
359 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
360 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
361 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800362 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700363 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
364 * be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
366 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
367 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
368 * partial scan results may be available
369 *
370 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800371 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
373 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
374 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
375 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
376 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
377 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
378 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
379 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700380 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
381 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
382 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
383 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
384 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
385 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
386 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
387 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800388 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
389 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700390 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
391 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
392 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700393 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
394 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
395 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700396 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
397 * results available.
398 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
399 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
400 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
401 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
402 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
403 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
404 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
407 * or noise level
408 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
409 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
410 *
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700411 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
412 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
413 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
414 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
416 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
417 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
418 * ESS.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700419 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700420 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
421 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
422 * authentication.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700423 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
424 *
425 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
426 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
427 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
428 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
429 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
430 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
431 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
432 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
433 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
434 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
435 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
436 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
437 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
438 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
439 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
440 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
441 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
442 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
443 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
444 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
445 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
446 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
447 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
448 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
449 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
450 * the beacon hint was processed.
451 *
452 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
453 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
454 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
455 * authentication process.
456 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
457 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
458 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
459 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
460 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
461 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
462 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
463 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
464 * to be added to the frame.
465 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
466 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
467 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
468 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
469 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
470 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
471 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
472 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
473 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
474 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
475 * pending authentication timed out).
476 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
477 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
478 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700479 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
480 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
481 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
482 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
483 * included).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700484 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
485 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
486 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
487 * primitives).
488 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
489 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
490 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
491 *
492 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
493 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
494 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
495 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
496 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
497 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
498 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
499 *
500 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
501 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
502 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
503 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
504 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
505 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
506 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
507 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
508 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
509 * determined by the network interface.
510 *
511 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
512 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
513 * to the driver.
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
516 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
517 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
518 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
519 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700521 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
522 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
523 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
524 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
525 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
526 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
527 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
528 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
529 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
530 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
531 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
532 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700533 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
534 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
535 * a different BSS is desired.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700536 * Background scan period can optionally be
537 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
538 * if not specified default background scan configuration
539 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
540 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
541 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
542 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -0800543 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
544 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
545 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
546 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
547 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
548 * well to remain backwards compatible.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700549 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: request that the card roam (currently not implemented),
550 * sent as an event when the card/driver roamed by itself.
551 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
552 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
553 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
554 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
555 *
556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
557 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
558 *
559 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
560 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
561 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
562 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
563 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
564 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
565 * frequency for the operation.
566 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
567 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
568 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
569 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
570 * radio).
571 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
572 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
573 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
574 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
575 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
576 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
577 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
578 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
579 * uniquely identify the request.
580 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
581 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
582 *
583 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
584 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
585 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
586 *
587 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
588 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
589 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
590 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
591 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
592 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
593 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
594 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
595 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
596 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
597 * backward compatibility
598 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
599 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
600 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
601 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
602 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
603 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
604 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
605 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
606 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
607 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
608 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
609 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
610 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
611 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
612 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700613 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
614 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
615 * is used during CSA period.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700616 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
617 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
618 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
619 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
620 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
621 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
622 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
623 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
624 * the frame.
625 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
626 * backward compatibility.
627 *
628 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
629 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
630 *
631 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
632 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
633 * levels.
634 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
635 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
636 * reached.
637 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
638 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
639 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
640 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
641 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
642 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
643 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
644 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
645 * precedence when they are used.
646 *
647 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
648 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -0800649 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
650 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
651 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
652 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
653 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
654 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
655 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
656 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
657 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
658 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
659 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
660 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
661 * command, the feature is disabled.
662 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700663 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
664 * mesh config parameters may be given.
665 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
666 * network is determined by the network interface.
667 *
668 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
669 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
670 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
671 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
672 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
673 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
674 *
675 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
676 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
677 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
678 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
679 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
680 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
681 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
682 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
683 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
684 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
685 * depending on the authentication result.
686 *
687 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
688 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
689 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
690 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
691 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
692 * more background information, see
693 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
694 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
695 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
696 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
697 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
698 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
699 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
700 *
701 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
702 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
703 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
704 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
705 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
706 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
707 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
708 *
709 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
710 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
711 *
712 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
713 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
714 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
715 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
716 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
717 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
718 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700719 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
720 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
721 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
722 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
723 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
724 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
725 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
726 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700727 *
728 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
729 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
730 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
731 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
732 * is received.
733 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
734 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
735 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
736 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
737 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
738 *
739 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
740 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
741 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
742 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
743 *
744 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
745 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
746 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
747 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
748 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
749 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
750 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
751 *
752 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
753 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
754 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
755 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
756 *
757 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
758 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
759 *
760 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
761 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
762 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800763 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
764 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
765 * from the remote AP) is completed;
766 *
767 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
768 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
769 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
770 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
771 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
772 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
773 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
774 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700775 *
776 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
777 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
778 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
779 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
780 * public action frame TX.
781 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
782 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
783 *
784 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
785 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
786 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
787 * is used for this.
788 *
789 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
790 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
791 *
792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
793 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
794 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
795 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
796 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
797 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
798 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
799 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
800 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
801 *
802 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
803 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
804 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
805 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
806 * while operating on this channel.
807 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
808 * event.
809 *
810 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
811 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
812 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
813 *
814 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
815 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
816 *
817 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
818 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
819 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
820 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
821 *
822 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
823 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
824 * complete.
825 *
826 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
827 * return back to normal.
828 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700829 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
830 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
831 *
832 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
833 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
834 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
835 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
836 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
837 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
838 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
839 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
840 * switch is complete.
841 *
842 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
843 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
844 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
845 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
846 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
847 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
848 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
849 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
850 *
851 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
852 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
853 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
854 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
855 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
856 *
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -0800857 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
858 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
859 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
860 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
861 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
862 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
863 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
864 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
865 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
866 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
867 * fail even if the check was successful.
868 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
869 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
870 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
871 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
872 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800873 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
874 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
875 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
876 *
877 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
878 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
879 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
880 * network is determined by the network interface.
881 *
882 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
883 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
884 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
885 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
886 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
887 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
888 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
889 * AP.
890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
891 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
892 * when this command completes.
893 *
894 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
895 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
896 * management.
897 *
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700898 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
899 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
900 * cfg80211_scan_done().
901 *
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800902 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700903 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
904 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
905 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
906 * cluster. This command must have a valid
907 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
908 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
909 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
910 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
911 * added.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800912 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
913 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
914 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
915 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
916 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
917 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
918 * of the function upon success.
919 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
920 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
921 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
922 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
923 * which just terminated.
924 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
925 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
926 * the response to this command.
927 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
928 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
929 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
930 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
931 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700932 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
933 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
934 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
935 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
936 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
937 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
938 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
939 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800940 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
941 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
942 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
943 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -0800944 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
945 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
946 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
947 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
948 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
949 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700950 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
951 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
952 */
953enum nl80211_commands {
954/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
955 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
956
957 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
958 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
959 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
960 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
961
962 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
963 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
964 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
965 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
966
967 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
968 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
969 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
970 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
971
972 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
973 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
974 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
975 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
976 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
977 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
978
979 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
980 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
981 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
982 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
983
984 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
985 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
986 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
987 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
988
989 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
990
991 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
992 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
993
994 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
995 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
996
997 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
998
999 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1000
1001 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1002 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1003 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1004 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1005
1006 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1007
1008 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1009 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1010 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1011 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1012
1013 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1014
1015 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1016
1017 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1018 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1019
1020 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1021
1022 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1023 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1024 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1025
1026 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1027
1028 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1029 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1030
1031 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1032 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1033 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1034
1035 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1036 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1037
1038 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1039
1040 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1041 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1042 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1043 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1044 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1045 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1046
1047 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1048 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1049
1050 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1051 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1052
1053 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1054 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1055
1056 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1057
1058 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1059 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1060
1061 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1062 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1063
1064 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1065
1066 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1067 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1068
1069 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1070 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1071 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1072 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1073
1074 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1075
1076 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1077
1078 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1079 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1080
1081 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1082
1083 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1084
1085 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1086
1087 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1088
1089 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1090
1091 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1092
1093 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1094 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1095
1096 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1097
1098 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1099
1100 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1101
1102 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1103
1104 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1105
1106 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1107 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1108
1109 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1110 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1111
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001112 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1113 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1114
1115 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1116
1117 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1118
1119 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1120
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001121 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1122 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1123
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001124 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1125
1126 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1127 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1128
1129 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1130
1131 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1132 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1133
1134 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1135
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001136 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1137
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001138 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1139 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1140 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1141 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1142 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1143 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1144
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001145 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1146
1147 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1148
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001149 /* add new commands above here */
1150
1151 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1152 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1153 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1154};
1155
1156/*
1157 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1158 * here
1159 */
1160#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1161#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1162#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1163#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1164#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1165#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1166#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1167#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1168
1169#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1170
1171/* source-level API compatibility */
1172#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1173#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1174#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1175
1176/**
1177 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1178 *
1179 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1180 *
1181 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1182 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1183 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1184 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1185 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1186 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1187 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1188 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1189 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1190 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1191 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1192 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1193 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1194 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1195 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1196 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1197 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1198 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1199 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1200 * this attribute)
1201 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1202 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1203 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1204 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1205 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1206 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1207 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1208 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1209 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1210 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1211 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1212 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1213 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1214 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1215 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1216 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1217 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1218 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1219 *
1220 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1221 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1222 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1223 *
1224 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1225 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1226 *
1227 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1228 *
1229 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1230 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1231 * keys
1232 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1233 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1234 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1235 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1236 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1237 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1238 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1239 * default management key
1240 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1241 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1242 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1243 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1244 *
1245 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1246 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1247 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1248 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1249 *
1250 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1251 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1252 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1253 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1254 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1255 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1256 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1257 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1258 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1259 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1260 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1261 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1262 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1263 *
1264 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1265 * consisting of a nested array.
1266 *
1267 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1268 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1269 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1270 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1271 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1272 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1273 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1274 *
1275 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1276 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1277 *
1278 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1279 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1280 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1281 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1282 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1283 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001284 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001285 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1286 * to a specific alpha2.
1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1288 * rules.
1289 *
1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1291 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1292 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1293 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1294 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1295 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1296 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1297 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1298 *
1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1300 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1301 *
1302 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1303 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1304 * of the interface mode.
1305 *
1306 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1307 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1308 *
1309 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1310 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1311 *
1312 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1313 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1314 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1315 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1317 * that can be added to a scan request
1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1319 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1321 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1322 *
1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1325 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1326 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1327 *
1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1329 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1331 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1332 *
1333 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1334 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1335 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1336 *
1337 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1338 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1339 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1340 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1342 * represented as a u32
1343 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1344 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1345 *
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1347 * a u32
1348 *
1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1350 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1351 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1352 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1353 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1355 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1356 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1357 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1358 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1359 *
1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1361 * cipher suites
1362 *
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1364 * for other networks on different channels
1365 *
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1367 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1368 *
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1370 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1371 * this attribute can be used
1372 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
1373 *
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1375 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1376 *
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1378 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1379 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1380 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1381 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1382 * default in station mode.
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1384 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1385 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1386 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1387 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1388 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1390 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1391 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1392 *
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1394 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1395 *
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1397 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1398 * a local disconnect request.
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1400 * event (u16)
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1402 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1403 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1404 *
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1406 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1407 * (an array of u32).
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1409 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1410 * u32).
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1412 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1413 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1415 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1416 *
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1418 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1420 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1421 *
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001422 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1423 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1424 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1425 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1426 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001427 *
1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1429 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1431 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1432 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1433 *
1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1435 *
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1437 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1438 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1439 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1440 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1441 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1442 * completely from scratch.
1443 *
1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1445 *
1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1447 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1448 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1449 *
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1452 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1453 *
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1456 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1457 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1458 *
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1460 *
1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1462 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1463 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1464 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1465 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001466 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1467 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1468 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1469 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1470 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1471 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1472 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001473 *
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1475 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1477 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1479 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1480 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1481 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1483 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1484 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1485 *
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1487 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1488 *
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1490 *
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1492 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1493 *
1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1495 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1496 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1497 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1498 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1499 *
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1501 * connected to this BSS.
1502 *
1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1504 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1506 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1507 * for non-automatic settings.
1508 *
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1510 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1511 *
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1513 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1514 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1515 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1516 *
1517 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1518 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1519 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1520 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1521 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1522 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1523 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1524 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1525 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1526 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1527 *
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1529 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1530 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1531 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1532 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1533 *
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1535 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1536 *
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1538 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1539 *
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1541 *
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1543 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1544 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1545 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1546 * nl80211 capability flag.
1547 *
1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1549 *
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1551 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1552 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1553 *
1554 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1555 * changed once the mesh is active.
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1557 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1559 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1560 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1562 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1563 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1564 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1565 *
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1567 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1569 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1570 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1571 * triggers.
1572 *
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1574 * cycles, in msecs.
1575 *
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1577 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1578 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1579 * pass-thru filter rules.
1580 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1581 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1582 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1583 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1584 * able to ignore them by itself.
1585 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1586 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1587 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1588 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1589 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1590 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1591 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1592 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1593 *
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1595 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1596 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1598 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1599 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1600 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1601 *
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1603 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1604 *
1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1606 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1607 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1608 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1609 *
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1611 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1612 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1613 *
1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1615 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1616 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1617 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1619 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1620 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1621 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1622 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1623 *
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1625 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1627 * as AP.
1628 *
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1630 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1633 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1634 *
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1636 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1637 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1638 * applications use this attribute.
1639 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1640 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1641 *
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1643 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1644 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1646 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1648 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1650 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1652 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1653 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1654 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1655 *
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1657 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1658 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1659 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1660 *
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1662 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1663 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1664 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1665 *
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1667 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1669 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1670 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1671 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1672 *
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1674 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1675 * to be filled by the FW.
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1677 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1679 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1680 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1681 * The values that may be configured are:
1682 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1683 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1684 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1685 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1686 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1687 *
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1689 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1690 * to one DFS region.
1691 *
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1693 * up to 16 TIDs.
1694 *
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1696 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1697 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1698 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1699 * capability to timeout the stations.
1700 *
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1702 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1703 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1704 *
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1706 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1707 *
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1709 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1710 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1711 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1712 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1715 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1716 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1717 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001718 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1719 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1720 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1721 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1722 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1723 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1724 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1725 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1726 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1727 * consistent.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001728 *
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1730 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1731 *
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1735 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1737 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1738 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1739 * no change is made.
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1742 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1743 *
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1745 * carried in a u32 attribute
1746 *
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1748 * MAC ACL.
1749 *
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1751 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1752 * ACL.
1753 *
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1755 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1756 *
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1758 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1759 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1760 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1761 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1762 *
1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1764 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1765 *
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1767 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1768 * and PU-APSD.
1769 *
1770 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1771 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1774 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1775 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1776 *
1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1780 * Element
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1783 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1785 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1786 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001787 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1788 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1789 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1790 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1791 *
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1793 *
1794 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1795 * until the channel switch event.
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1797 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1798 * operation).
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1800 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001801 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1802 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1804 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001805 *
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1807 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1808 *
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1810 *
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1812 * supported operating classes.
1813 *
1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1815 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1816 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1817 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1818 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1819 * IBSS network.
1820 *
1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1822 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1824 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1825 *
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1827 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001828 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1829 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1830 * u8 attribute.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001831 *
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1833 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1834 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1836 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1837 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1838 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1839 *
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1841 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1842 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1843 *
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001844 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1846 *
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1848 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1849 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1850 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1851 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1852 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1853 *
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1855 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1857 * supported number of csa counters.
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1860 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1861 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001862 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001863 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001864 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1865 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1866 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1867 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1868 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1869 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1870 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1871 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001872 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1873 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, only
1874 * the netlink socket that created the interface will be allowed to add
1875 * and remove functions. NAN notifications will be sent in unicast to that
1876 * socket. Without this attribute, any socket can add functions and the
1877 * notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN multicast group.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07001878 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1879 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001880 *
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001881 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1882 * the TDLS link initiator.
1883 *
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1885 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1886 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1887 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1888 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1889 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1890 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001891 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1892 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001893 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1894 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1895 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1896 *
1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1898 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1899 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1900 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1901 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1902 *
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1906 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1907 *
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1909 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1910 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001911 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1912 *
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1914 *
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1916 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1917 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1918 * cfg80211 regdomain.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1921 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1922 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1923 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1924 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1925 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
1926 *
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1928 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1929 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1930 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1931 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1932 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1933 * over all channels.
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001936 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1937 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1938 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001939
1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1941 * is operating in an indoor environment.
1942 *
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1944 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1946 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1948 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1950 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1951 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1952 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1953 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1954 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001955 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1956 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1957 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1958 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1960 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1961 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
1962 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1963 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
1964 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
1967 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
1968 *
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001970 *
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08001971 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
1972 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
1973 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
1974 * interface type.
1975 *
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
1977 * groupID for monitor mode.
1978 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
1979 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
1980 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
1981 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
1982 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
1983 * each group.
1984 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
1985 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
1986 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
1987 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
1988 * groupID data.
1989 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
1991 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
1992 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
1993 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
1994 *
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
1996 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
1997 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
1998 * attribute must not be included).
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2000 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2002 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2003 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2004 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2005 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2007 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2008 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2009 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2010 *
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2012 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2013 *
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002014 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2015 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2016 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2017 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2018 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002019 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2020 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2021 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2022 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2023 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2024 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2025 * the device will decide what to use.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002026 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2027 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2028 * attribute.
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2030 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002031 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2032 * protection.
2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2034 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2035 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2036 *
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2038 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002039 *
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2041 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2042 *
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002043 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2044 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2045 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2046 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2047 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2048 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2049 * unnecessary wakeups.
2050 *
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2052 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2053 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2054 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2055 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2056 *
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2058 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2059 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2060 *
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2062 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2063 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2064 *
2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2066 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2067 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2070 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2071 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2072 *
2073 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2074 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2075 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2076 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2077 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2078 *
2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2080 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2081 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2082 *
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: PMK for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2084 * This is used with @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2085 *
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2087 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2089 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2090 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002091 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002092 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2093 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2094 */
2095enum nl80211_attrs {
2096/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2097 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2098
2099 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2100 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2101
2102 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2103 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2104 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2105
2106 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2107
2108 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2109 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2110 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2111 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2112 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2113
2114 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2115 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2116 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2117 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2118
2119 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2120 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2121 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2122 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2123 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2124 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2125
2126 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2127
2128 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2129
2130 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2131 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2132 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2133 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2134
2135 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2136 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2137 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2138
2139 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2140
2141 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2142
2143 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2144 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2145
2146 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2147
2148 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2149
2150 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2151 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2152 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2153
2154 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2155
2156 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2157 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2158
2159 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2160
2161 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2162 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2163 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2164 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2165
2166 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2167 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2168
2169 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2170
2171 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2172 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2173 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2174 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2175
2176 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2177
2178 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2179 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2180
2181 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2182 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2183
2184 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2185
2186
2187 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2188 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2189 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2190 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2191
2192 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2193
2194 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2195
2196 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2197
2198 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2199
2200 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2201
2202 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2203
2204 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2205 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2206
2207 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2208 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2209 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2210 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2211
2212 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2213 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2214
2215 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2216
2217 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2218 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2219
2220 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2221
2222 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2223
2224 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2225
2226 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2227 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2228
2229 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2230
2231 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2232
2233 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2234
2235 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2236
2237 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2238
2239 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2240
2241 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2242
2243 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2244
2245 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2246
2247 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2248
2249 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2250 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2251
2252 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2253 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2254 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2255
2256 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2257 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2258
2259 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2260
2261 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2262 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2263
2264 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2265
2266 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2267
2268 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2269
2270 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2271
2272 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2273
2274 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2275
2276 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2277 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2278
2279 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2280 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2281
2282 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2283 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2284
2285 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2286
2287 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2288 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2289
2290 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2291
2292 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2293 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2294
2295 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2296
2297 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2298
2299 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2300 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2301
2302 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2303 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2304
2305 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2306
2307 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2308 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2309
2310 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2311
2312 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2313
2314 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2315 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2316 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2317 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2318 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2319
2320 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2321
2322 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2323
2324 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2325
2326 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2327
2328 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2329
2330 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2331
2332 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2333 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2334
2335 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2336
2337 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2338
2339 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2340
2341 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2342
2343 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2344
2345 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2346
2347 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2348
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002349 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002350
2351 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2352
2353 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2354
2355 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2356 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2357 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2358
2359 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2360 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2361
2362 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2363
2364 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2365
2366 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2367
2368 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2369
2370 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2373 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2374
2375 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2376 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2377
2378 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2379 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2380
2381 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2382 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2383
2384 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2385 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2386
2387 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2388 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2389
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002390 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2391
2392 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2393
2394 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2395 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2396 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2397 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2398 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2399
2400 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2401
2402 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2403
2404 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2405
2406 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2407
2408 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2409 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2410
2411 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2412
2413 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2414 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2415 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2416 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2417
2418 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2419
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002420 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2421 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2422
2423 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2424
2425 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2426
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002427 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002428
2429 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2431
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08002432 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2433
2434 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2435
2436 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2437
2438 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2439 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2440 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2441
2442 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2443
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002444 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2445
2446 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2447
2448 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2449
2450 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2451
2452 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2453
2454 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2455
2456 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2457
2458 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2459
2460 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2461 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2462 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2463 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2464
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002465 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2466
2467 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2468
2469 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2470
2471 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2472
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08002473 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2474
2475 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2476 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2477
2478 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2479 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2480 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2481 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2482
2483 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2484
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002485 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002486 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002487 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2488 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2489
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002490 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2491 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2492
2493 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2494
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002495 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2496
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002497 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2498 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2499
2500 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2501
2502 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2503 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2504 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2505 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2506 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2507
2508 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2509
2510 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2511 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2512
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002513 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2514
2515 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002516 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002517 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2518};
2519
2520/* source-level API compatibility */
2521#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2522#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002523#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002524#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002525
2526/*
2527 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2528 * here
2529 */
2530#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2531#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2532#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2533#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2534#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2535#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2536#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2537#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2538#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2539#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2540#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2541#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2542#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2543#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2544#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2545#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2546#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2547#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2548#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2549#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2550#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2551
2552#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2553#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002554#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002555#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2556#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2557#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2558#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2559#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2560
2561#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2562#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2563
2564#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2565
2566/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2567#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2568
2569#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2570
2571/**
2572 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2573 *
2574 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2575 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2576 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2577 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2578 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2579 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2580 * AP type interface.
2581 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2582 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2583 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2584 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2585 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2586 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2587 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2588 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2589 * commands to create and destroy one
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002590 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2591 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002592 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002593 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2594 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2595 *
2596 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2597 * to set the type of an interface.
2598 *
2599 */
2600enum nl80211_iftype {
2601 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2602 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2603 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2604 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2605 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2606 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2607 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2608 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2609 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2610 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2611 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002612 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002613 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002614
2615 /* keep last */
2616 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2617 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2618};
2619
2620/**
2621 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2622 *
2623 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2624 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2625 *
2626 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2627 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2628 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2629 * with short barker preamble
2630 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2631 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2632 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2633 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2634 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2635 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2636 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2637 * as errors.)
2638 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2639 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2640 * previously added station into associated state
2641 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2642 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2643 */
2644enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2645 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2646 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2647 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2648 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2649 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2650 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2651 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2652 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2653
2654 /* keep last */
2655 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2656 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2657};
2658
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002659/**
2660 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2661 *
2662 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2663 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2664 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2665 */
2666enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2667 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2668 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2669
2670 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2671};
2672
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002673#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2674
2675/**
2676 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2677 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2678 * @set: which values to set them to
2679 *
2680 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2681 */
2682struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2683 __u32 mask;
2684 __u32 set;
2685} __attribute__((packed));
2686
2687/**
2688 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2689 *
2690 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2691 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2692 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2693 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2694 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2695 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2696 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2697 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2698 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2699 *
2700 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2701 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2702 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2703 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2704 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2705 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2706 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2707 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2708 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2709 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002710 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2711 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002712 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002713 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2714 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2715 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2716 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2717 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2718 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002719 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2720 */
2721enum nl80211_rate_info {
2722 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2723 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2724 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2725 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2726 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2727 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2728 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2729 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2730 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2731 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2732 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002733 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2734 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002735
2736 /* keep last */
2737 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2738 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2739};
2740
2741/**
2742 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2743 *
2744 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2745 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2746 *
2747 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2748 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2749 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2750 * (flag)
2751 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2752 * (flag)
2753 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2754 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2755 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2756 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2757 */
2758enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2759 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2760 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2761 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2762 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2763 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2764 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2765
2766 /* keep last */
2767 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2768 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2769};
2770
2771/**
2772 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2773 *
2774 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2775 * when getting information about a station.
2776 *
2777 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2778 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002779 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2780 * (u32, from this station)
2781 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2782 * (u32, to this station)
2783 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2784 * (u64, from this station)
2785 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2786 * (u64, to this station)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002787 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2788 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2789 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002790 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2791 * (u32, from this station)
2792 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2793 * (u32, to this station)
2794 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2795 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2796 * (u32, to this station)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002797 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2798 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2799 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2800 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2801 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2802 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2803 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2804 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2805 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2806 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2807 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2808 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2809 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2810 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2811 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2812 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2813 * non-peer STA
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002814 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2815 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2816 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2817 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002818 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2819 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002820 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2821 * (u64)
2822 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2823 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2824 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2825 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2826 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2827 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2828 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2829 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002830 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2831 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2832 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002833 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2834 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2835 */
2836enum nl80211_sta_info {
2837 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2838 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2839 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2840 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2841 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2842 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2843 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2844 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2845 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2846 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2847 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2848 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2849 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2850 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2851 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2852 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2853 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2854 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2855 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2856 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2857 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2858 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2859 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2860 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2861 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002862 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2863 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002864 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002865 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2866 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2867 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2868 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002869 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2870 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002871
2872 /* keep last */
2873 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2874 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2875};
2876
2877/**
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002878 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2879 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2880 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2881 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2882 * attempted to transmit; u64)
2883 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2884 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2885 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2886 * MSDUs (u64)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002887 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002888 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2889 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2890 */
2891enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2892 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2893 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2894 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2895 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2896 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002897 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002898
2899 /* keep last */
2900 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2901 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2902};
2903
2904/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002905 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2906 *
2907 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2908 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2909 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2910 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2911 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2912 */
2913enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2914 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
2915 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
2916 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
2917 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
2918 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
2919};
2920
2921/**
2922 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2923 *
2924 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2925 * information about a mesh path.
2926 *
2927 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2928 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2929 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2930 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2931 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2932 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2933 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2934 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2935 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2936 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2937 * currently defind
2938 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2939 */
2940enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2941 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2942 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2943 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2944 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
2945 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
2946 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
2947 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
2948 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
2949
2950 /* keep last */
2951 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2952 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2953};
2954
2955/**
2956 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
2957 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2958 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
2959 * an array of nested frequency attributes
2960 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
2961 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
2962 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2963 * defined in 802.11n
2964 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2965 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
2966 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
2967 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
2968 * defined in 802.11ac
2969 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
2970 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
2971 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2972 */
2973enum nl80211_band_attr {
2974 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
2975 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
2976 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
2977
2978 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
2979 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
2980 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
2981 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
2982
2983 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
2984 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
2985
2986 /* keep last */
2987 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2988 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2989};
2990
2991#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
2992
2993/**
2994 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
2995 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2996 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
2997 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
2998 * regulatory domain.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002999 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3000 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3001 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003002 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3003 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3004 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3005 * (100 * dBm).
3006 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3007 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3008 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3009 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3010 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3011 * channel as the control channel
3012 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3013 * channel as the control channel
3014 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3015 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3016 * this includes 80+80 channels
3017 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3018 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3019 * isn't possible
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003020 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3021 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3022 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3023 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3024 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3025 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3026 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003027 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003028 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3029 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003030 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3031 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3032 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3033 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3034 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3035 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3036 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3037 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003038 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3039 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3040 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3041 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003042 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3043 * currently defined
3044 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003045 *
3046 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3047 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3048 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003049 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003050 */
3051enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3052 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3053 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3054 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003055 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3056 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003057 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3058 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3059 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3060 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3061 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3062 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3063 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3064 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003065 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3066 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003067 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003068 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3069 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003070
3071 /* keep last */
3072 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3073 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3074};
3075
3076#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003077#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3078#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3079#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003080#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3081 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003082
3083/**
3084 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3085 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3086 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3087 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3088 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3089 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3090 * currently defined
3091 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3092 */
3093enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3094 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3095 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3096 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3097
3098 /* keep last */
3099 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3100 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3101};
3102
3103/**
3104 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3105 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3106 * regulatory domain.
3107 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3108 * regulatory domain.
3109 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3110 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3111 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3112 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3113 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3114 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3115 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3116 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3117 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3118 */
3119enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3120 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3121 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3122 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3123 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3124};
3125
3126/**
3127 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3128 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3129 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3130 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3131 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3132 * domain.
3133 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3134 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3135 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3136 * them to be applied.
3137 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3138 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3139 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3140 * domain request to be processed.
3141 */
3142enum nl80211_reg_type {
3143 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3144 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3145 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3146 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3147};
3148
3149/**
3150 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3151 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3152 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3153 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3154 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3155 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3156 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3157 * band edge.
3158 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3159 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3160 * band edge.
3161 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003162 * frequency range, in KHz.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003163 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3164 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3165 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3166 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3167 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003168 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3169 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003170 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3171 * currently defined
3172 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3173 */
3174enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3175 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3176 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3177
3178 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3179 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3180 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3181
3182 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3183 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3184
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003185 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3186
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003187 /* keep last */
3188 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3189 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3190};
3191
3192/**
3193 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3194 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3195 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003196 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07003197 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003198 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003199 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3200 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3201 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3202 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3203 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3204 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3205 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07003206 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3207 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3208 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3209 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3210 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3211 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3212 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3213 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3214 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003215 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3216 * attribute number currently defined
3217 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3218 */
3219enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3220 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3221
3222 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3223 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07003224 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3225 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3226 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003227
3228 /* keep last */
3229 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3230 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3231 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3232};
3233
3234/* only for backward compatibility */
3235#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3236
3237/**
3238 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3239 *
3240 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3241 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3242 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3243 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3244 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3245 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3246 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003247 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3248 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3249 * beaconing.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003250 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3251 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3252 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003253 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3254 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3255 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3256 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3257 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003258 */
3259enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3260 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3261 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3262 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3263 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3264 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3265 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3266 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003267 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3268 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003269 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003270 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3271 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3272 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3273 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3274 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003275};
3276
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003277#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3278#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3279#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003280#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3281 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3282#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003283
3284/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3285#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3286
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003287/**
3288 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3289 *
3290 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3291 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3292 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3293 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3294 */
3295enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3296 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3297 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3298 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3299 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3300};
3301
3302/**
3303 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3304 *
3305 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3306 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3307 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3308 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3309 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3310 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3311 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3312 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3313 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3314 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3315 * supported feature.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003316 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3317 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003318 */
3319enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3320 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3321 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003322 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003323};
3324
3325/**
3326 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3327 *
3328 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3329 * when getting information about a survey.
3330 *
3331 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3332 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3333 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3334 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003335 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3336 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3337 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003338 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003339 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003340 * channel was sensed busy
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003341 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3342 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3343 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3344 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3345 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3346 * (on this channel or globally)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003347 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003348 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3349 * currently defined
3350 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3351 */
3352enum nl80211_survey_info {
3353 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3354 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3355 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3356 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003357 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3358 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3359 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3360 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3361 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3362 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003363 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003364
3365 /* keep last */
3366 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3367 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3368};
3369
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003370/* keep old names for compatibility */
3371#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3372#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3373#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3374#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3375#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3376
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003377/**
3378 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3379 *
3380 * Monitor configuration flags.
3381 *
3382 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3383 *
3384 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3385 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3386 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3387 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3388 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3389 * overrides all other flags.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003390 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3391 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003392 *
3393 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3394 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3395 */
3396enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3397 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3398 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3399 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3400 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3401 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3402 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003403 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003404
3405 /* keep last */
3406 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3407 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3408};
3409
3410/**
3411 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3412 *
3413 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3414 * not known or has not been set yet.
3415 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3416 * in Awake state all the time.
3417 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3418 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3419 * neighbor's beacons.
3420 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3421 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3422 * for neighbor's beacons.
3423 *
3424 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3425 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3426 */
3427
3428enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3429 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3430 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3431 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3432 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3433
3434 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3435 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3436};
3437
3438/**
3439 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3440 *
3441 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3442 * active.
3443 *
3444 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3445 *
3446 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3447 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3448 *
3449 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3450 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3451 *
3452 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3453 * millisecond units
3454 *
3455 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3456 * on this mesh interface
3457 *
3458 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3459 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3460 * mesh
3461 *
3462 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3463 * point.
3464 *
3465 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3466 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3467 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3468 * set.
3469 *
3470 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3471 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3472 * target)
3473 *
3474 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3475 * (in milliseconds)
3476 *
3477 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3478 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3479 *
3480 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3481 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3482 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3483 *
3484 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3485 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3486 * reference element
3487 *
3488 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3489 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3490 * mesh
3491 *
3492 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3493 *
3494 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3495 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3496 *
3497 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3498 * root announcements are transmitted.
3499 *
3500 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3501 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3502 * Announcement frames.
3503 *
3504 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3505 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3506 * PERR element.
3507 *
3508 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3509 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3510 *
3511 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3512 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3513 * a peer link.
3514 *
3515 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3516 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3517 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3518 *
3519 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3520 *
3521 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3522 *
3523 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3524 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3525 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3526 *
3527 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3528 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3529 *
3530 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3531 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3532 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3533 *
3534 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3535 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3536 *
3537 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3538 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003539 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3540 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003541 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3542 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003543 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003544 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3545 */
3546enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3547 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3548 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3549 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3550 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3551 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3552 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3553 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3554 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3555 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3556 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3557 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3558 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3559 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3560 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3561 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3562 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3563 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3564 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3565 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3566 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3567 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3568 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3569 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3570 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3571 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3572 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3573 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3574 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003575 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003576
3577 /* keep last */
3578 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3579 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3580};
3581
3582/**
3583 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3584 *
3585 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3586 * changed while the mesh is active.
3587 *
3588 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3589 *
3590 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3591 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3592 * default HWMP.
3593 *
3594 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3595 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3596 * metric.
3597 *
3598 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3599 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3600 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3601 * metrics in use.
3602 *
3603 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3604 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3605 *
3606 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3607 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3608 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3609 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3610 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3611 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3612 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3613 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3614 * userspace daemon.
3615 *
3616 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3617 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3618 * neighbor offset synchronization
3619 *
3620 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3621 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3622 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003623 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3624 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3625 * Default is no authentication method required.
3626 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003627 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3628 *
3629 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3630 */
3631enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3632 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3633 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3634 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3635 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3636 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3637 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3638 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3639 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003640 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003641
3642 /* keep last */
3643 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3644 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3645};
3646
3647/**
3648 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3649 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3650 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3651 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3652 * disabled
3653 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3654 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3655 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3656 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3657 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3658 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3659 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3660 */
3661enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3662 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3663 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3664 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3665 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3666 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3667 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3668
3669 /* keep last */
3670 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3671 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3672};
3673
3674enum nl80211_ac {
3675 NL80211_AC_VO,
3676 NL80211_AC_VI,
3677 NL80211_AC_BE,
3678 NL80211_AC_BK,
3679 NL80211_NUM_ACS
3680};
3681
3682/* backward compat */
3683#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3684#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3685#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3686#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3687#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3688
3689/**
3690 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3691 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3692 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3693 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3694 * below the control channel
3695 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3696 * above the control channel
3697 */
3698enum nl80211_channel_type {
3699 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3700 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3701 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3702 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3703};
3704
3705/**
3706 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3707 *
3708 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3709 * attribute.
3710 *
3711 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3712 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3713 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3714 * attribute must be provided as well
3715 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3716 * attribute must be provided as well
3717 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3718 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3719 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3720 * attribute must be provided as well
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003721 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3722 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003723 */
3724enum nl80211_chan_width {
3725 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3726 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3727 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3728 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3729 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3730 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003731 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3732 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3733};
3734
3735/**
3736 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3737 *
3738 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3739 *
3740 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3741 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3742 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3743 */
3744enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3745 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3746 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3747 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003748};
3749
3750/**
3751 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3752 *
3753 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3754 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3755 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3756 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003757 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3758 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3759 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003760 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3761 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3762 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3763 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003764 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3765 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3766 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003767 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3768 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003769 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3770 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003771 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3772 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3773 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3774 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3775 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3776 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3777 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3778 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3779 * yet been received
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003780 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3781 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003782 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3783 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3784 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3785 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003786 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3787 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3788 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003789 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08003790 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3791 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3792 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3793 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3794 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3795 * is set.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003796 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3797 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3798 */
3799enum nl80211_bss {
3800 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3801 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3802 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3803 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3804 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3805 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3806 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3807 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3808 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3809 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3810 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3811 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003812 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003813 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3814 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003815 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003816 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08003817 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3818 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003819
3820 /* keep last */
3821 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3822 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3823};
3824
3825/**
3826 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3827 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003828 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3829 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3830 * a given BSS.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003831 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3832 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3833 *
3834 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3835 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3836 */
3837enum nl80211_bss_status {
3838 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3839 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3840 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3841};
3842
3843/**
3844 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3845 *
3846 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3847 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3848 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3849 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3850 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08003851 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3852 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3853 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003854 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3855 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3856 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3857 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3858 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3859 */
3860enum nl80211_auth_type {
3861 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3862 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3863 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3864 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3865 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08003866 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3867 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3868 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003869
3870 /* keep last */
3871 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3872 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3873 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3874};
3875
3876/**
3877 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3878 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3879 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3880 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3881 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3882 */
3883enum nl80211_key_type {
3884 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3885 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3886 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3887
3888 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3889};
3890
3891/**
3892 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3893 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3894 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3895 */
3896enum nl80211_mfp {
3897 NL80211_MFP_NO,
3898 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3899};
3900
3901enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3902 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3903 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3904};
3905
3906/**
3907 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3908 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3909 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3910 * unicast key
3911 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3912 * multicast key
3913 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3914 */
3915enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3916 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3917 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3918 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3919
3920 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3921};
3922
3923/**
3924 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3925 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3926 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3927 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3928 * keys
3929 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3930 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3931 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3932 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3933 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3934 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3935 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3936 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3937 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3938 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3939 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3940 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3941 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3942 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3943 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3944 */
3945enum nl80211_key_attributes {
3946 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
3947 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
3948 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
3949 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
3950 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
3951 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
3952 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3953 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
3954 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3955
3956 /* keep last */
3957 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
3958 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
3959};
3960
3961/**
3962 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
3963 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
3964 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
3965 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
3966 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
3967 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003968 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003969 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003970 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
3971 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003972 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003973 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
3974 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
3975 */
3976enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
3977 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
3978 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003979 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
3980 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003981 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003982
3983 /* keep last */
3984 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
3985 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
3986};
3987
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003988#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
3989#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
3990
3991/**
3992 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
3993 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
3994 */
3995struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
3996 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
3997};
3998
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003999enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4000 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4001 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4002 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4003};
4004
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004005/**
4006 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4007 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4008 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4009 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004010 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4011 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004012 */
4013enum nl80211_band {
4014 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4015 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4016 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004017
4018 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004019};
4020
4021/**
4022 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4023 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4024 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4025 */
4026enum nl80211_ps_state {
4027 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4028 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4029};
4030
4031/**
4032 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4033 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4034 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4035 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004036 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4037 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4038 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4039 * crosses any of the thresholds.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004040 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4041 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4042 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4043 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4044 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4045 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4046 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4047 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4048 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4049 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4050 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4051 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4052 * checked.
4053 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4054 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4055 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4056 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004057 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4058 * loss event
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004059 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4060 * RSSI threshold event.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004061 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4062 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4063 */
4064enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4065 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4066 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4067 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4068 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4069 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4070 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4071 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4072 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004073 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004074 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004075
4076 /* keep last */
4077 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4078 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4079};
4080
4081/**
4082 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4083 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4084 * configured threshold
4085 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4086 * configured threshold
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004087 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004088 */
4089enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4090 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4091 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4092 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4093};
4094
4095
4096/**
4097 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4098 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4099 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4100 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4101 */
4102enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4103 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4104 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4105 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4106};
4107
4108/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004109 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4110 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4111 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004112 * a zero bit are ignored
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004113 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004114 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4115 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4116 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4117 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4118 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4119 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4120 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4121 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4122 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4123 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004124 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004125 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004126 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4127 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004128 */
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004129enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4130 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4131 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4132 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4133 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004134
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004135 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4136 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004137};
4138
4139/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004140 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004141 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4142 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4143 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4144 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4145 *
4146 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004147 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4148 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4149 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4150 * by the kernel to userspace.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004151 */
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004152struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004153 __u32 max_patterns;
4154 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4155 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4156 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4157} __attribute__((packed));
4158
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004159/* only for backward compatibility */
4160#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4161#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4162#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4163#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4164#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4165#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4166#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4167
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004168/**
4169 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4170 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4171 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4172 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4173 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004174 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4175 * any others are even supported by the device.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004176 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4177 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4178 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4179 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4180 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4181 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4182 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4183 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4184 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4185 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4186 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4187 *
4188 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004189 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004190 *
4191 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4192 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4193 * to the kernel when configuring.
4194 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4195 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4196 * by the device (flag)
4197 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4198 * done by the device) (flag)
4199 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4200 * packet (flag)
4201 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4202 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4203 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4204 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4205 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4206 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4207 * attribute contains the original length.
4208 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4209 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4210 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4211 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4212 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4213 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4214 * contains the original length.
4215 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4216 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4217 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4218 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4219 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4220 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4221 * the TCP connection.
4222 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4223 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4224 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4225 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4226 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4227 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4228 * service
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004229 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4230 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4231 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4232 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4233 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4234 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4235 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4236 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4237 * supported by the driver (u32).
4238 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4239 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4240 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4241 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4242 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4243 * occurred.
4244 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4245 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4246 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4247 * these attributes must be present. If
4248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4249 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4250 * channel.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004251 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4252 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4253 *
4254 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4255 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4256 */
4257enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4258 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4259 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4260 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4261 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4262 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4263 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4264 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4265 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4266 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4267 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4268 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4269 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4270 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4271 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4272 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4273 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4274 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4275 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004276 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4277 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004278
4279 /* keep last */
4280 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4281 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4282};
4283
4284/**
4285 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4286 *
4287 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4288 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4289 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4290 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4291 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4292 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4293 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4294 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4295 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4296 *
4297 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4298 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4299 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4300 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4301 * also woken up.
4302 *
4303 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4304 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4305 */
4306
4307/**
4308 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4309 * @start: starting value
4310 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4311 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4312 *
4313 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4314 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4315 * in little endian.
4316 */
4317struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4318 __u32 start, offset, len;
4319};
4320
4321/**
4322 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4323 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4324 * @len: length of each token
4325 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4326 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4327 */
4328struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4329 __u32 offset, len;
4330 __u8 token_stream[];
4331};
4332
4333/**
4334 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4335 * @min_len: minimum token length
4336 * @max_len: maximum token length
4337 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4338 */
4339struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4340 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4341};
4342
4343/**
4344 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4345 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4346 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4347 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4348 * (in network byte order)
4349 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4350 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4351 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4352 * might require ARP querying.
4353 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4354 * socket and port will be allocated
4355 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4356 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4357 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4358 * of the data payload.
4359 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4360 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4361 * advertising it is just a flag
4362 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4363 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4364 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4365 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4366 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4367 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4368 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4369 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004370 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004371 * but on the TCP payload only.
4372 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4373 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4374 */
4375enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4376 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4377 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4378 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4379 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4380 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4381 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4382 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4383 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4384 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4385 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4386 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4387 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4388
4389 /* keep last */
4390 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4391 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4392};
4393
4394/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004395 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4396 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4397 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4398 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4399 *
4400 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4401 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4402 */
4403struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4404 __u32 max_rules;
4405 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4406 __u32 max_delay;
4407} __attribute__((packed));
4408
4409/**
4410 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4411 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4412 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4413 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4414 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4415 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4416 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4417 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4418 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4419 */
4420enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4421 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4422 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4423 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4424 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4425
4426 /* keep last */
4427 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4428 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4429};
4430
4431/**
4432 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4433 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4434 * in a rule are matched.
4435 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4436 * in a rule are not matched.
4437 */
4438enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4439 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4440 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4441};
4442
4443/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004444 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4445 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4446 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4447 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4448 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4449 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4450 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4451 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4452 */
4453enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4454 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4455 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4456 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4457
4458 /* keep last */
4459 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4460 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4461};
4462
4463/**
4464 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4465 *
4466 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4467 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4468 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4469 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4470 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4471 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4472 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4473 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4474 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4475 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4476 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4477 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4478 * different channels may be used within this group.
4479 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4480 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004481 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4482 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004483 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4484 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4485 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004486 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4487 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4488 *
4489 * Examples:
4490 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4491 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4492 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004493 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4494 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004495 *
4496 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4497 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4498 *
4499 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4500 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4501 *
4502 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4503 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4504 * that any of these groups must match.
4505 *
4506 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4507 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4508 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4509 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4510 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4511 */
4512enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4513 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4514 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4515 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4516 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4517 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4518 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004519 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004520 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004521
4522 /* keep last */
4523 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4524 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4525};
4526
4527
4528/**
4529 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4530 *
4531 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4532 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4533 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4534 * this mesh peer
4535 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4536 * from this mesh peer
4537 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4538 * received from this mesh peer
4539 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4540 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4541 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4542 * plink are discarded
4543 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4544 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4545 */
4546enum nl80211_plink_state {
4547 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4548 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4549 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4550 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4551 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4552 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4553 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4554
4555 /* keep last */
4556 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4557 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4558};
4559
4560/**
4561 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4562 *
4563 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4564 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4565 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4566 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4567 */
4568enum plink_actions {
4569 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4570 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4571 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4572
4573 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4574};
4575
4576
4577#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4578#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4579#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4580
4581/**
4582 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4583 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4584 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4585 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4586 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4587 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4588 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4589 */
4590enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4591 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4592 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4593 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4594 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4595
4596 /* keep last */
4597 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4598 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4599};
4600
4601/**
4602 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4603 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4604 * Beacon frames)
4605 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4606 * in Beacon frames
4607 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4608 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4609 */
4610enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4611 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4612 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4613 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4614};
4615
4616/**
4617 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4618 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4619 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4620 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4621 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4622 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4623 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4624 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4625 */
4626enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4627 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4628 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4629 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4630
4631 /* keep last */
4632 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4633 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4634};
4635
4636/**
4637 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4638 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4639 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4640 * priority)
4641 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4642 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4643 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4644 * (internal)
4645 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4646 * (internal)
4647 */
4648enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4649 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4650 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4651 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4652 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4653
4654 /* keep last */
4655 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4656 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4657};
4658
4659/**
4660 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4661 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4662 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4663 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4664 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4665 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4666 */
4667enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4668 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4669 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4670 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4671 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4672 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4673};
4674
4675/*
4676 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4677 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4678 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4679enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4680};
4681 */
4682
4683/**
4684 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4685 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4686 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4687 * socket option.
4688 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4689 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4690 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4691 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4692 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4693 * cellular base stations.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004694 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4695 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004696 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4697 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4698 * mode
4699 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4700 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4701 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4702 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4703 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4704 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4705 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4706 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4707 * setting
4708 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4709 * powersave
4710 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4711 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4712 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4713 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4714 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4715 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4716 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4717 * states using station flags.
4718 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4719 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4720 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4721 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4722 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4723 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4724 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4725 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4726 * still generated by the driver.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004727 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4728 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4729 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4730 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004731 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4732 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4733 * lifetime of a BSS.
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08004734 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4735 * Set IE to probe requests.
4736 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4737 * to probe requests.
4738 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4739 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4740 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4741 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4742 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4743 * Measurement Report action frame.
4744 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4745 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4746 * to enable dynack.
4747 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4748 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4749 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4751 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4752 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4753 * rts/cts handshake.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4755 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4756 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4757 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4758 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4759 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4760 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4761 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4762 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4763 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4764 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4765 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4766 * address mask/value will be used.
4767 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4768 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4769 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4770 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4771 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4772 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4773 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4774 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004775 */
4776enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4777 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4778 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4779 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4780 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
4781 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
4782 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4783 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4784 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4785 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4786 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4787 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
4788 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4789 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
4790 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4791 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4792 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
4793 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004794 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004795 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08004796 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4797 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4798 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4799 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4800 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4801 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4802 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004803 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4804 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4805 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4806 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4807 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4808 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
4809};
4810
4811/**
4812 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4813 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004814 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4815 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4816 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4817 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4818 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08004819 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4820 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4821 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4822 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4823 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4824 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4825 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4826 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4827 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4828 * (if available).
4829 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4830 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4831 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4832 * (if available).
4833 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4834 * channel dwell time.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08004835 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4836 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4837 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4838 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4839 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4840 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004841 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4842 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004843 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4844 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4845 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4846 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4847 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4848 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4849 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4850 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
4851 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
4852 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
4853 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
4854 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004855 *
4856 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4857 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4858 */
4859enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4860 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004861 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08004862 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4863 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4864 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4865 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08004866 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4867 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4868 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004869 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004870 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4871 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4872 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4873 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
4874 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004875
4876 /* add new features before the definition below */
4877 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4878 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004879};
4880
4881/**
4882 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4883 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4884 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4885 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4886 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4887 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4888 * to the host.
4889 *
4890 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4891 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4892 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4893 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4894 */
4895enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4896 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
4897 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
4898 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
4899 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
4900};
4901
4902/**
4903 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4904 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4905 * handled by the AP is reached.
4906 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4907 */
4908enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4909 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4910 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4911};
4912
4913/**
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004914 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
4915 *
4916 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
4917 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
4918 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
4919 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
4920 */
4921enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
4922 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
4923 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
4924 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
4925 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
4926};
4927
4928/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004929 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
4930 *
4931 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4932 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4933 * requests.
4934 *
4935 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
4936 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
4937 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
4938 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
4939 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
4940 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
4941 * when really needed
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004942 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
4943 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
4944 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
4945 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
4946 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
4947 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
4948 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
4949 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
4950 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004951 */
4952enum nl80211_scan_flags {
4953 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
4954 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
4955 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004956 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004957};
4958
4959/**
4960 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
4961 *
4962 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
4963 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
4964 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
4965 *
4966 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
4967 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
4968 * in ACL to authenticate.
4969 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
4970 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
4971 */
4972enum nl80211_acl_policy {
4973 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
4974 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
4975};
4976
4977/**
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08004978 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
4979 *
4980 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
4981 *
4982 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
4983 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
4984 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
4985 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
4986 */
4987enum nl80211_smps_mode {
4988 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
4989 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
4990 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
4991
4992 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
4993 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4994};
4995
4996/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004997 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
4998 *
4999 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5000 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5001 *
5002 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5003 * now unusable.
5004 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5005 * the channel is now available.
5006 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5007 * change to the channel status.
5008 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5009 * over, channel becomes usable.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07005010 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5011 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5012 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5013 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005014 */
5015enum nl80211_radar_event {
5016 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5017 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5018 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5019 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07005020 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005021};
5022
5023/**
5024 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5025 *
5026 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5027 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07005028 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005029 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07005030 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005031 * is therefore marked as not available.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07005032 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005033 */
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005034enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5035 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5036 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5037 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5038};
5039
5040/**
5041 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5042 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5043 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5044 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5045 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5046 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5047 */
5048enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5049 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5050};
5051
5052/**
5053 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5054 *
5055 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5056 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5057 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5058 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5059 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5060 */
5061enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5062 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5063 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5064 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5065 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5066 /* add other protocols before this one */
5067 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5068};
5069
5070/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5071#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5072
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07005073/**
5074 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5075 *
5076 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5077 *
5078 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5079 */
5080enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5081 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5082};
5083
5084/*
5085 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5086 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5087 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5088 */
5089#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5090
5091/**
5092 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5093 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5094 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5095 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5096 * added to this file when needed.
5097 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5098 */
5099struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5100 __u32 vendor_id;
5101 __u32 subcmd;
5102};
5103
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07005104/**
5105 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5106 *
5107 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5108 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5109 *
5110 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5111 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5112 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5113 */
5114enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5115 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5116 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5117 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5118};
5119
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08005120/**
5121 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5122 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5123 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5124 * seconds (u32).
5125 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5126 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5127 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5128 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5129 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5130 * currently defined
5131 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5132 */
5133enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5134 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5135 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5136 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5137
5138 /* keep last */
5139 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5140 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5141 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5142};
5143
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07005144/**
5145 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5146 *
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07005147 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5148 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5149 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07005150 */
5151struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5152 __u8 band;
5153 __s8 delta;
5154} __attribute__((packed));
5155
5156/**
5157 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5158 *
5159 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5160 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5161 * is requested.
5162 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5163 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5164 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5165 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5166 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5167 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5168 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5169 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5170 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5171 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5172 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5173 *
5174 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5175 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5176 * which the driver shall use.
5177 */
5178enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5179 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5180 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5181 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5182 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5183
5184 /* keep last */
5185 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5186 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5187};
5188
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08005189/**
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08005190 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5191 *
5192 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5193 *
5194 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5195 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5196 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5197 */
5198enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5199 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5200 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5201 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5202
5203 /* keep last */
5204 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5205 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5206};
5207
5208/**
5209 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5210 *
5211 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5212 *
5213 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5214 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5215 */
5216enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5217 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5218 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5219};
5220
5221/**
5222 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5223 *
5224 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5225 *
5226 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5227 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5228 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5229 */
5230enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5231 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5232 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5233 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5234};
5235
5236#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5237#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5238#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5239
5240/**
5241 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5242 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5243 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5244 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5245 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5246 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5247 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5248 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5249 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5250 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5251 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5252 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5253 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5254 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5255 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5256 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5257 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5258 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5259 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5260 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5261 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5262 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5263 * This is a flag.
5264 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5265 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5266 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5267 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5268 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5269 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5270 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5271 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5272 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5273 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5274 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5275 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5276 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5277 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5278 *
5279 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5280 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5281 */
5282enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5283 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5284 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5285 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5286 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5287 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5288 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5289 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5290 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5291 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5292 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5293 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5294 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5295 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5296 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5297 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5298 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5299 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5300
5301 /* keep last */
5302 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5303 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5304};
5305
5306/**
5307 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5308 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5309 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5310 * This is a flag.
5311 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5312 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5313 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5314 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5315 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5316 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5317 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5318 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5319 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5320 */
5321enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5322 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5323 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5324 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5325 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5326 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5327
5328 /* keep last */
5329 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5330 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5331};
5332
5333/**
5334 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5335 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5336 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5337 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5338 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5339 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5340 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5341 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5342 *
5343 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5344 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5345 */
5346enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5347 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5348 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5349 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5350
5351 /* keep last */
5352 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5353 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5354};
5355
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005356#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */